renegade-project/linux-next
2
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/edk2-porting/linux-next.git synced 2024-12-29 23:53:55 +08:00
Code
debe6267b7
linux-next/drivers/media/v4l2-core/v4l2-ctrls.c

2929 lines
84 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/*
V4L2 controls framework implementation.
Copyright (C) 2010 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include <linux/ctype.h>
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls.c: needs to include slab.h v4l2-ctrls.c needs to include slab.h to prevent build errors: drivers/media/video/v4l2-ctrls.c:766: error: implicit declaration of function 'kzalloc' drivers/media/video/v4l2-ctrls.c:786: error: implicit declaration of function 'kfree' drivers/media/video/v4l2-ctrls.c:1528: error: implicit declaration of function 'kmalloc' Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-10 01:56:35 +08:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
drivers/media: Add export.h for EXPORT_SYMBOL/THIS_MODULE as required These two macros were in module.h but now module.h is no longer sprayed across every source file imaginable, so the users need to expicitly call out their use of them. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
2011-08-02 03:26:38 +08:00
#include <linux/export.h>
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h>
#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
#include <media/v4l2-event.h>
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
#define has_op(master, op) \
(master->ops && master->ops->op)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: introduce call_op define Add the call_op define to safely call the control ops. This also allows for controls without any ops such as the 'control class' controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-25 17:04:58 +08:00
#define call_op(master, op) \
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
(has_op(master, op) ? master->ops->op(master) : 0)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: introduce call_op define Add the call_op define to safely call the control ops. This also allows for controls without any ops such as the 'control class' controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-25 17:04:58 +08:00
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Internal temporary helper struct, one for each v4l2_ext_control */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper {
/* Pointer to the control reference of the master control */
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *mref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* The control corresponding to the v4l2_ext_control ID field. */
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* v4l2_ext_control index of the next control belonging to the
same cluster, or 0 if there isn't any. */
u32 next;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
/* Small helper function to determine if the autocluster is set to manual
[media] v4l2-ctrls: replace is_volatile with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile field. Modify all users to use the new flag. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:35:14 +08:00
mode. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
static bool is_cur_manual(const struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
return master->is_auto && master->cur.val == master->manual_mode_value;
}
/* Same as above, but this checks the against the new value instead of the
current value. */
static bool is_new_manual(const struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
return master->is_auto && master->val == master->manual_mode_value;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Returns NULL or a character pointer array containing the menu for
the given control ID. The pointer array ends with a NULL pointer.
An empty string signifies a menu entry that is invalid. This allows
drivers to disable certain options if it is not supported. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_sampling_freq[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"44.1 kHz",
"48 kHz",
"32 kHz",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_encoding[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-1/2 Layer I",
"MPEG-1/2 Layer II",
"MPEG-1/2 Layer III",
"MPEG-2/4 AAC",
"AC-3",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"288 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"352 kbps",
"384 kbps",
"416 kbps",
"448 kbps",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"384 kbps",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"40 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"32 kbps",
"40 kbps",
"48 kbps",
"56 kbps",
"64 kbps",
"80 kbps",
"96 kbps",
"112 kbps",
"128 kbps",
"160 kbps",
"192 kbps",
"224 kbps",
"256 kbps",
"320 kbps",
"384 kbps",
"448 kbps",
"512 kbps",
"576 kbps",
"640 kbps",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_mode[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Stereo",
"Joint Stereo",
"Dual",
"Mono",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_mode_extension[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Bound 4",
"Bound 8",
"Bound 12",
"Bound 16",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_emphasis[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No Emphasis",
"50/15 us",
"CCITT J17",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_crc[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No CRC",
"16-bit CRC",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_audio_dec_playback[] = {
"Auto",
"Stereo",
"Left",
"Right",
"Mono",
"Swapped Stereo",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_video_encoding[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-1",
"MPEG-2",
"MPEG-4 AVC",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_video_aspect[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"1x1",
"4x3",
"16x9",
"2.21x1",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_video_bitrate_mode[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Variable Bitrate",
"Constant Bitrate",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_stream_type[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"MPEG-2 Program Stream",
"MPEG-2 Transport Stream",
"MPEG-1 System Stream",
"MPEG-2 DVD-compatible Stream",
"MPEG-1 VCD-compatible Stream",
"MPEG-2 SVCD-compatible Stream",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"No VBI",
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
"Private Packet, IVTV Format",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const camera_power_line_frequency[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Disabled",
"50 Hz",
"60 Hz",
[media] v4l: Add AUTO option for the V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY control V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY control allows applications to instruct a driver what is the power line frequency so an appropriate filter can be used by the device to cancel flicker by compensating the light intensity ripple. Currently in the menu we have entries for 50 Hz and 60 Hz and for entirely disabling the anti-flicker filter. However some devices are capable of automatically detecting the frequency, so add V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_AUTO entry for them. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-09-05 06:08:54 +08:00
"Auto",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const camera_exposure_auto[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Auto Mode",
"Manual Mode",
"Shutter Priority Mode",
"Aperture Priority Mode",
NULL
};
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light available for automatic exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 15:34:10 +08:00
static const char * const camera_exposure_metering[] = {
"Average",
"Center Weighted",
"Spot",
[media] V4L: Add MATRIX option to V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control This patch adds a menu option to the V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control for multi-zone metering. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-14 18:01:24 +08:00
"Matrix",
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light available for automatic exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 15:34:10 +08:00
NULL
};
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
static const char * const camera_auto_focus_range[] = {
"Auto",
"Normal",
"Macro",
"Infinity",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
static const char * const colorfx[] = {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"None",
"Black & White",
"Sepia",
"Negative",
"Emboss",
"Sketch",
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
"Sky Blue",
"Grass Green",
"Skin Whiten",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
"Vivid",
[media] V4L: Extend V4L2_CID_COLORFX with more image effects This patch adds definition of additional color effects: - V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA, - V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION, - V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR. The new V4L2_COLORFX_CBCR control is added to allow setting the fixed Cb, Cr values that replace chroma Cb/Cr coefficients in case of V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR effect. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-02 17:40:19 +08:00
"Aqua",
"Art Freeze",
"Silhouette",
"Solarization",
"Antique",
"Set Cb/Cr",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL
};
[media] V4L: Add an extended camera white balance control This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE control which is an extended version of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control, including white balance presets. The following presets are defined: - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:04:26 +08:00
static const char * const auto_n_preset_white_balance[] = {
"Manual",
"Auto",
"Incandescent",
"Fluorescent",
"Fluorescent H",
"Horizon",
"Daylight",
"Flash",
"Cloudy",
"Shade",
NULL,
};
[media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:39:45 +08:00
static const char * const camera_iso_sensitivity_auto[] = {
"Manual",
"Auto",
NULL
};
[media] V4L: Add camera scene mode control Add control for the scene mode feature available in image sensor with more advanced ISP firmware. The V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE menu control allows to select a set of parameters or a specific image processing and capture control algorithm optimized for common image capture conditions. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-16 21:45:44 +08:00
static const char * const scene_mode[] = {
"None",
"Backlight",
"Beach/Snow",
"Candle Light",
"Dusk/Dawn",
"Fall Colors",
"Fireworks",
"Landscape",
"Night",
"Party/Indoor",
"Portrait",
"Sports",
"Sunset",
"Text",
NULL
};
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
static const char * const tune_emphasis[] = {
"None",
[media] Two small string fixes in v4l2-ctrls.c Fix one typo and use 'Microseconds' instead of 'useconds' in the pre-emphasis descriptions. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-02 15:20:19 +08:00
"50 Microseconds",
"75 Microseconds",
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
NULL,
};
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
static const char * const header_mode[] = {
"Separate Buffer",
"Joined With 1st Frame",
NULL,
};
static const char * const multi_slice[] = {
"Single",
"Max Macroblocks",
"Max Bytes",
NULL,
};
static const char * const entropy_mode[] = {
"CAVLC",
"CABAC",
NULL,
};
static const char * const mpeg_h264_level[] = {
"1",
"1b",
"1.1",
"1.2",
"1.3",
"2",
"2.1",
"2.2",
"3",
"3.1",
"3.2",
"4",
"4.1",
"4.2",
"5",
"5.1",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_loop_filter[] = {
"Enabled",
"Disabled",
"Disabled at Slice Boundary",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_profile[] = {
"Baseline",
"Constrained Baseline",
"Main",
"Extended",
"High",
"High 10",
"High 422",
"High 444 Predictive",
"High 10 Intra",
"High 422 Intra",
"High 444 Intra",
"CAVLC 444 Intra",
"Scalable Baseline",
"Scalable High",
"Scalable High Intra",
"Multiview High",
NULL,
};
static const char * const vui_sar_idc[] = {
"Unspecified",
"1:1",
"12:11",
"10:11",
"16:11",
"40:33",
"24:11",
"20:11",
"32:11",
"80:33",
"18:11",
"15:11",
"64:33",
"160:99",
"4:3",
"3:2",
"2:1",
"Extended SAR",
NULL,
};
[media] v4l: Add control definitions for new H264 encoder features New controls are added for supporting H264 encoding features like: - MVC frame packing, - flexible macroblock ordering, - arbitrary slice ordering, - hierarchical coding. Signed-off-by: Jeongtae Park <jtp.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Kumar K <arun.kk@samsung.com> Acked-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-04 09:19:06 +08:00
static const char * const h264_fp_arrangement_type[] = {
"Checkerboard",
"Column",
"Row",
"Side by Side",
"Top Bottom",
"Temporal",
NULL,
};
static const char * const h264_fmo_map_type[] = {
"Interleaved Slices",
"Scattered Slices",
"Foreground with Leftover",
"Box Out",
"Raster Scan",
"Wipe Scan",
"Explicit",
NULL,
};
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
static const char * const mpeg_mpeg4_level[] = {
"0",
"0b",
"1",
"2",
"3",
"3b",
"4",
"5",
NULL,
};
static const char * const mpeg4_profile[] = {
"Simple",
[media] Two small string fixes in v4l2-ctrls.c Fix one typo and use 'Microseconds' instead of 'useconds' in the pre-emphasis descriptions. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-02 15:20:19 +08:00
"Advanced Simple",
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
"Core",
"Simple Scalable",
"Advanced Coding Efficency",
NULL,
};
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
static const char * const flash_led_mode[] = {
"Off",
"Flash",
"Torch",
NULL,
};
static const char * const flash_strobe_source[] = {
"Software",
"External",
NULL,
};
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
static const char * const jpeg_chroma_subsampling[] = {
"4:4:4",
"4:2:2",
"4:2:0",
"4:1:1",
"4:1:0",
"Gray",
NULL,
};
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
static const char * const dv_tx_mode[] = {
"DVI-D",
"HDMI",
NULL,
};
static const char * const dv_rgb_range[] = {
"Automatic",
"RGB limited range (16-235)",
"RGB full range (0-255)",
NULL,
};
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ:
return mpeg_audio_sampling_freq;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
return mpeg_audio_encoding;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l1_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_l3_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE:
return mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
return mpeg_audio_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION:
return mpeg_audio_mode_extension;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS:
return mpeg_audio_emphasis;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC:
return mpeg_audio_crc;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK:
return mpeg_audio_dec_playback;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING:
return mpeg_video_encoding;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT:
return mpeg_video_aspect;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
return mpeg_video_bitrate_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
return mpeg_stream_type;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT:
return mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt;
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY:
return camera_power_line_frequency;
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO:
return camera_exposure_auto;
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light available for automatic exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 15:34:10 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING:
return camera_exposure_metering;
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE:
return camera_auto_focus_range;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX:
return colorfx;
[media] V4L: Add an extended camera white balance control This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE control which is an extended version of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control, including white balance presets. The following presets are defined: - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:04:26 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE:
return auto_n_preset_white_balance;
[media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:39:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO:
return camera_iso_sensitivity_auto;
[media] V4L: Add camera scene mode control Add control for the scene mode feature available in image sensor with more advanced ISP firmware. The V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE menu control allows to select a set of parameters or a specific image processing and capture control algorithm optimized for common image capture conditions. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-16 21:45:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE:
return scene_mode;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS:
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
return tune_emphasis;
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS:
return tune_emphasis;
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE:
return flash_led_mode;
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE:
return flash_strobe_source;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE:
return header_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE:
return multi_slice;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE:
return entropy_mode;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL:
return mpeg_h264_level;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE:
return h264_loop_filter;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE:
return h264_profile;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC:
return vui_sar_idc;
[media] v4l: Add control definitions for new H264 encoder features New controls are added for supporting H264 encoding features like: - MVC frame packing, - flexible macroblock ordering, - arbitrary slice ordering, - hierarchical coding. Signed-off-by: Jeongtae Park <jtp.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Kumar K <arun.kk@samsung.com> Acked-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-04 09:19:06 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE:
return h264_fp_arrangement_type;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE:
return h264_fmo_map_type;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL:
return mpeg_mpeg4_level;
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE:
return mpeg4_profile;
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING:
return jpeg_chroma_subsampling;
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE:
return dv_tx_mode;
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE:
return dv_rgb_range;
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
return NULL;
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_get_menu);
/* Return the control name. */
const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id)
{
switch (id) {
/* USER controls */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS: return "User Controls";
case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS: return "Brightness";
case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST: return "Contrast";
case V4L2_CID_SATURATION: return "Saturation";
case V4L2_CID_HUE: return "Hue";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME: return "Volume";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE: return "Balance";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS: return "Bass";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE: return "Treble";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE: return "Mute";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS: return "Loudness";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_BLACK_LEVEL: return "Black Level";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE: return "White Balance, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_DO_WHITE_BALANCE: return "Do White Balance";
case V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE: return "Red Balance";
case V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE: return "Blue Balance";
case V4L2_CID_GAMMA: return "Gamma";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE: return "Exposure";
case V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN: return "Gain, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_GAIN: return "Gain";
case V4L2_CID_HFLIP: return "Horizontal Flip";
case V4L2_CID_VFLIP: return "Vertical Flip";
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY: return "Power Line Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO: return "Hue, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_WHITE_BALANCE_TEMPERATURE: return "White Balance Temperature";
case V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS: return "Sharpness";
case V4L2_CID_BACKLIGHT_COMPENSATION: return "Backlight Compensation";
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC: return "Chroma AGC";
case V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER: return "Color Killer";
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX: return "Color Effects";
case V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS: return "Brightness, Automatic";
case V4L2_CID_BAND_STOP_FILTER: return "Band-Stop Filter";
case V4L2_CID_ROTATE: return "Rotate";
case V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR: return "Background Color";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN: return "Chroma Gain";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add illuminator controls Some media devices (microscopes) may have one or many illuminators. This patch makes them controlable by the applications. Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> Signed-off-by: Jean-François Moine <moinejf@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-09-13 18:04:49 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1: return "Illuminator 1";
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2: return "Illuminator 2";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE: return "Min Number of Capture Buffers";
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT: return "Min Number of Output Buffers";
[media] v4l: Add new alpha component control The V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT control is intended for the video capture or memory-to-memory devices that are capable of setting up the per-pixel alpha component to some arbitrary value. It allows to set the alpha component for all pixels to an arbitrary value. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-11-14 19:48:18 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT: return "Alpha Component";
[media] V4L: Extend V4L2_CID_COLORFX with more image effects This patch adds definition of additional color effects: - V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA, - V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION, - V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE, - V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR. The new V4L2_COLORFX_CBCR control is added to allow setting the fixed Cb, Cr values that replace chroma Cb/Cr coefficients in case of V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR effect. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-02 17:40:19 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR: return "Color Effects, CbCr";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* MPEG controls */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS: return "MPEG Encoder Controls";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE: return "Stream Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PMT: return "Stream PMT Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_AUDIO: return "Stream Audio Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_VIDEO: return "Stream Video Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PID_PCR: return "Stream PCR Program ID";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_AUDIO: return "Stream PES Audio ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_PES_ID_VIDEO: return "Stream PES Video ID";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT: return "Stream VBI Format";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ: return "Audio Sampling Frequency";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING: return "Audio Encoding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer I Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer II Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE: return "Audio Layer III Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE: return "Audio Stereo Mode";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION: return "Audio Stereo Mode Extension";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS: return "Audio Emphasis";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC: return "Audio CRC";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE: return "Audio Mute";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AAC_BITRATE: return "Audio AAC Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE: return "Audio AC-3 Bitrate";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK: return "Audio Playback";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK: return "Audio Multilingual Playback";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING: return "Video Encoding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT: return "Video Aspect";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES: return "Video B Frames";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_SIZE: return "Video GOP Size";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE: return "Video GOP Closure";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: return "Video Pulldown";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE: return "Video Bitrate Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE: return "Video Bitrate";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_PEAK: return "Video Peak Bitrate";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_TEMPORAL_DECIMATION: return "Video Temporal Decimation";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: Whitespace cleanups Fixes 37 checkpatch.pl warnings like: WARNING: please, no space before tabs +^Icase V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN: ^Ireturn "Video Pulldown";$ Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-06 20:57:02 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE: return "Video Mute";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE_YUV: return "Video Mute YUV";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE: return "Decoder Slice Interface";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER: return "MPEG4 Loop Filter Enable";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_CYCLIC_INTRA_REFRESH_MB: return "Number of Intra Refresh MBs";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE: return "Frame Level Rate Control Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE: return "H264 MB Level Rate Control";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE: return "Sequence Header Mode";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MAX_REF_PIC: return "Max Number of Reference Pics";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_I_FRAME_QP: return "H263 I-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_P_FRAME_QP: return "H263 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_B_FRAME_QP: return "H263 B-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MIN_QP: return "H263 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H263_MAX_QP: return "H263 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_FRAME_QP: return "H264 I-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_P_FRAME_QP: return "H264 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_B_FRAME_QP: return "H264 B-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MAX_QP: return "H264 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_MIN_QP: return "H264 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM: return "H264 8x8 Transform Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_CPB_SIZE: return "H264 CPB Buffer Size";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE: return "H264 Entropy Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_I_PERIOD: return "H264 I-Frame Period";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL: return "H264 Level";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_ALPHA: return "H264 Loop Filter Alpha Offset";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_BETA: return "H264 Loop Filter Beta Offset";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE: return "H264 Loop Filter Mode";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE: return "H264 Profile";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_HEIGHT: return "Vertical Size of SAR";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_EXT_SAR_WIDTH: return "Horizontal Size of SAR";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE: return "Aspect Ratio VUI Enable";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC: return "VUI Aspect Ratio IDC";
[media] v4l: Add control definitions for new H264 encoder features New controls are added for supporting H264 encoding features like: - MVC frame packing, - flexible macroblock ordering, - arbitrary slice ordering, - hierarchical coding. Signed-off-by: Jeongtae Park <jtp.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Kumar K <arun.kk@samsung.com> Acked-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-04 09:19:06 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FRAME_PACKING: return "H264 Enable Frame Packing SEI";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_CURRENT_FRAME_0: return "H264 Set Curr. Frame as Frame0";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE: return "H264 FP Arrangement Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO: return "H264 Flexible MB Ordering";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE: return "H264 Map Type for FMO";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_SLICE_GROUP: return "H264 FMO Number of Slice Groups";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_DIRECTION: return "H264 FMO Direction of Change";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_CHANGE_RATE: return "H264 FMO Size of 1st Slice Grp";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_RUN_LENGTH: return "H264 FMO No. of Consecutive MBs";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO: return "H264 Arbitrary Slice Ordering";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ASO_SLICE_ORDER: return "H264 ASO Slice Order";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING: return "Enable H264 Hierarchical Coding";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_TYPE: return "H264 Hierarchical Coding Type";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER:return "H264 Number of HC Layers";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_HIERARCHICAL_CODING_LAYER_QP:
return "H264 Set QP Value for HC Layers";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_I_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 I-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_P_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 P-Frame QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_B_FRAME_QP: return "MPEG4 B-Frame QP Value";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MIN_QP: return "MPEG4 Minimum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_MAX_QP: return "MPEG4 Maximum QP Value";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL: return "MPEG4 Level";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE: return "MPEG4 Profile";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL: return "Quarter Pixel Search Enable";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_BYTES: return "Maximum Bytes in a Slice";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MAX_MB: return "Number of MBs in a Slice";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE: return "Slice Partitioning Method";
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_SIZE: return "VBV Buffer Size";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS: return "Video Decoder PTS";
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME: return "Video Decoder Frame Count";
[media] v4l: Add control definitions for new H264 encoder features New controls are added for supporting H264 encoding features like: - MVC frame packing, - flexible macroblock ordering, - arbitrary slice ordering, - hierarchical coding. Signed-off-by: Jeongtae Park <jtp.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Kumar K <arun.kk@samsung.com> Acked-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-04 09:19:06 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VBV_DELAY: return "Initial Delay for VBV Control";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER control Control whether video sequence headers should be repeated. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-17 21:34:04 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER: return "Repeat Sequence Header";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* CAMERA controls */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS: return "Camera Controls";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO: return "Auto Exposure";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_ABSOLUTE: return "Exposure Time, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY: return "Exposure, Dynamic Framerate";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE: return "Pan, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE: return "Tilt, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET: return "Pan, Reset";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET: return "Tilt, Reset";
case V4L2_CID_PAN_ABSOLUTE: return "Pan, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_TILT_ABSOLUTE: return "Tilt, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_ABSOLUTE: return "Focus, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE: return "Focus, Relative";
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO: return "Focus, Automatic Continuous";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE: return "Zoom, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE: return "Zoom, Relative";
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_CONTINUOUS: return "Zoom, Continuous";
case V4L2_CID_PRIVACY: return "Privacy";
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_ABSOLUTE: return "Iris, Absolute";
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE: return "Iris, Relative";
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure bias control The camera may in some conditions incorrectly determine the exposure, and a manual automatic exposure correction may be needed. This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS control which allows to add some offset in the automatic exposure control loop, to compensate for frame under- or over-exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:06:55 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS: return "Auto Exposure, Bias";
[media] V4L: Add an extended camera white balance control This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE control which is an extended version of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control, including white balance presets. The following presets are defined: - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:04:26 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE: return "White Balance, Auto & Preset";
[media] V4L: Add camera wide dynamic range control Add V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE camera class control for the camera wide dynamic range (WDR, HDR) feature. This control can be used to enable/disable wide dynamic range. It might get converted to a menu control in future if more options are needed. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:05:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE: return "Wide Dynamic Range";
[media] V4L: Add camera image stabilization control Add V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION control for the camera image stabilization feature. This control can be used to enable/disable image stabilization. It might get converted to a menu control in future if more options are needed. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:38:09 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION: return "Image Stabilization";
[media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:39:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY: return "ISO Sensitivity";
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO: return "ISO Sensitivity, Auto";
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light available for automatic exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 15:34:10 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING: return "Exposure, Metering Mode";
[media] V4L: Add camera scene mode control Add control for the scene mode feature available in image sensor with more advanced ISP firmware. The V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE menu control allows to select a set of parameters or a specific image processing and capture control algorithm optimized for common image capture conditions. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-16 21:45:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE: return "Scene Mode";
[media] V4L: Add camera 3A lock control The V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK bitmask control allows applications to pause or resume the automatic exposure, focus and wite balance adjustments. It can be used, for example, to lock the 3A adjustments right before a still image is captured, for pre-focus, etc. The applications can control each of the algorithms independently, through a corresponding control bit, if driver allows that. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 17:24:33 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK: return "3A Lock";
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START: return "Auto Focus, Start";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP: return "Auto Focus, Stop";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS: return "Auto Focus, Status";
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE: return "Auto Focus, Range";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* FM Radio Modulator control */
V4L/DVB: v4l2-ctrls: reorder 'case' statements to match order in header To make it easier to determine whether all controls are added in v4l2-ctrls.c the case statements inside the switch are re-ordered to match the header. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-04-26 06:21:00 +08:00
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS: return "FM Radio Modulator Controls";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION: return "RDS Signal Deviation";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PI: return "RDS Program ID";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PTY: return "RDS Program Type";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME: return "RDS PS Name";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT: return "RDS Radio Text";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED: return "Audio Limiter Feature Enabled";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME: return "Audio Limiter Release Time";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION: return "Audio Limiter Deviation";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED: return "Audio Compression Enabled";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN: return "Audio Compression Gain";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD: return "Audio Compression Threshold";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME: return "Audio Compression Attack Time";
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME: return "Audio Compression Release Time";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED: return "Pilot Tone Feature Enabled";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION: return "Pilot Tone Deviation";
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY: return "Pilot Tone Frequency";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS: return "Pre-Emphasis";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL: return "Tune Power Level";
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR: return "Tune Antenna Capacitor";
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
/* Flash controls */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS: return "Flash Controls";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE: return "LED Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE: return "Strobe Source";
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE: return "Strobe";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP: return "Stop Strobe";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS: return "Strobe Status";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_TIMEOUT: return "Strobe Timeout";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Flash Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_TORCH_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Torch Mode";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_INDICATOR_INTENSITY: return "Intensity, Indicator";
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT: return "Faults";
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE: return "Charge";
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make control names consistent Several control names used inconsistent capitalization or were inconsistent in other ways. I also corrected a spelling mistake and fixed four strings that were too long (>31 characters). Harmless, but the string is cut off when it is returned with QUERYCTRL. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-16 23:27:15 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY: return "Ready to Strobe";
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
/* JPEG encoder controls */
/* Keep the order of the 'case's the same as in videodev2.h! */
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS: return "JPEG Compression Controls";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING: return "Chroma Subsampling";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL: return "Restart Interval";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY: return "Compression Quality";
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER: return "Active Markers";
[media] v4l: Image source control class Add image source control class. This control class is intended to contain low level controls which deal with control of the image capture process --- the A/D converter in image sensors, for example. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-10-04 19:20:05 +08:00
/* Image source controls */
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS: return "Image Source Controls";
case V4L2_CID_VBLANK: return "Vertical Blanking";
case V4L2_CID_HBLANK: return "Horizontal Blanking";
case V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN: return "Analogue Gain";
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
/* Image processing controls */
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS: return "Image Processing Controls";
case V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ: return "Link Frequency";
case V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE: return "Pixel Rate";
[media] media: v4l2-ctrls: add control for test pattern add V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN of type menu, which determines the internal test pattern selected by the device. Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli <manjunath.hadli@ti.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-01 19:17:36 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN: return "Test Pattern";
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
/* DV controls */
case V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS: return "Digital Video Controls";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG: return "Hotplug Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE: return "RxSense Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT: return "EDID Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE: return "Transmit Mode";
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE: return "Tx RGB Quantization Range";
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT: return "Power Present";
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE: return "Rx RGB Quantization Range";
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS: return "FM Radio Receiver Controls";
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS: return "De-Emphasis";
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION: return "RDS Reception";
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
return NULL;
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_get_name);
void v4l2_ctrl_fill(u32 id, const char **name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type *type,
s32 *min, s32 *max, s32 *step, s32 *def, u32 *flags)
{
*name = v4l2_ctrl_get_name(id);
*flags = 0;
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUTOGAIN:
case V4L2_CID_HFLIP:
case V4L2_CID_VFLIP:
case V4L2_CID_HUE_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_AGC:
case V4L2_CID_COLOR_KILLER:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Teach v4l2-ctrls that V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS is a boolean And document V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-01 22:26:13 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTOBRIGHTNESS:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_GOP_CLOSURE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_PULLDOWN:
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO_PRIORITY:
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO:
case V4L2_CID_PRIVACY:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ENABLED:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_ENABLED:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add illuminator controls Some media devices (microscopes) may have one or many illuminators. This patch makes them controlable by the applications. Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> Signed-off-by: Jean-François Moine <moinejf@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-09-13 18:04:49 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_1:
case V4L2_CID_ILLUMINATORS_2:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CHARGE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY:
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_MPEG4_DEBLOCK_FILTER:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DECODER_SLICE_INTERFACE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_FRAME_RC_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MB_RC_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_8X8_TRANSFORM:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_ENABLE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_QPEL:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER control Control whether video sequence headers should be repeated. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-17 21:34:04 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_REPEAT_SEQ_HEADER:
[media] V4L: Add camera wide dynamic range control Add V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE camera class control for the camera wide dynamic range (WDR, HDR) feature. This control can be used to enable/disable wide dynamic range. It might get converted to a menu control in future if more options are needed. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:05:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE:
[media] V4L: Add camera image stabilization control Add V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION control for the camera image stabilization feature. This control can be used to enable/disable image stabilization. It might get converted to a menu control in future if more options are needed. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:38:09 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION:
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
*min = 0;
*max = *step = 1;
break;
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RESET:
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RESET:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STOP:
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START:
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY;
*min = *max = *step = *def = 0;
break;
case V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_SAMPLING_FREQ:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L1_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L2_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_L3_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_AC3_BITRATE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE_EXTENSION:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_EMPHASIS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_CRC:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ASPECT:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_VBI_FMT:
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO:
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_COLORFX:
[media] V4L: Add an extended camera white balance control This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE control which is an extended version of the V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE control, including white balance presets. The following presets are defined: - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY, - V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:04:26 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_PREEMPHASIS:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_LED_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_SOURCE:
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_HEADER_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MULTI_SLICE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_ENTROPY_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_LOOP_FILTER_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_PROFILE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_VUI_SAR_IDC:
[media] v4l: Add control definitions for new H264 encoder features New controls are added for supporting H264 encoding features like: - MVC frame packing, - flexible macroblock ordering, - arbitrary slice ordering, - hierarchical coding. Signed-off-by: Jeongtae Park <jtp.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Naveen Krishna Chatradhi <ch.naveen@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Kumar K <arun.kk@samsung.com> Acked-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-04 09:19:06 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_SEI_FP_ARRANGEMENT_TYPE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_H264_FMO_MAP_TYPE:
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_MPEG4_PROFILE:
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING:
[media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:39:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO:
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure metering control The V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING control allows to determine a method used by the camera for measuring the amount of light available for automatic exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-30 15:34:10 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING:
[media] V4L: Add camera scene mode control Add control for the scene mode feature available in image sensor with more advanced ISP firmware. The V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE menu control allows to select a set of parameters or a specific image processing and capture control algorithm optimized for common image capture conditions. Signed-off-by: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-16 21:45:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE:
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RGB_RANGE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_RGB_RANGE:
[media] media: v4l2-ctrls: add control for test pattern add V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN of type menu, which determines the internal test pattern selected by the device. Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli <manjunath.hadli@ti.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-10-01 19:17:36 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN:
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU;
break;
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_PS_NAME:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_RADIO_TEXT:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING;
break;
[media] V4L: Add camera ISO sensitivity controls Add ISO sensitivity and ISO auto/manual controls. The sensitivity values are related to level of amplification of the analog signal between image sensor and ADC. These controls allow to support sensors exposing an interface to accept the ISO values directly. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 04:39:45 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY:
[media] V4L: Add camera exposure bias control The camera may in some conditions incorrectly determine the exposure, and a manual automatic exposure correction may be needed. This patch adds V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS control which allows to add some offset in the automatic exposure control loop, to compensate for frame under- or over-exposure. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-06 18:06:55 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_USER_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_CAMERA_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_CLASS:
case V4L2_CID_FM_TX_CLASS:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_CLASS:
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS:
[media] v4l: Image source control class Add image source control class. This control class is intended to contain low level controls which deal with control of the image capture process --- the A/D converter in image sensors, for example. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-10-04 19:20:05 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS:
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS:
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS:
[media] v4l2: Add standard controls for FM receivers This commit introduces new class of standard controls V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX. This class is intended to all controls pertaining to FM receiver chips. Also, two controls belonging to said class are added as a part of this commit: V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS and V4L2_CID_RDS_RECEPTION. This patch is based on the code found in the patch by Manjunatha Halli [1] [1] http://lists-archives.com/linux-kernel/27641307-new-control-class-and-features-for-fm-rx.html Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-27 09:47:23 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FM_RX_CLASS:
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS;
/* You can neither read not write these */
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY;
*min = *max = *step = *def = 0;
break;
case V4L2_CID_BG_COLOR:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
*step = 1;
*min = 0;
/* Max is calculated as RGB888 that is 2^24 */
*max = 0xFFFFFF;
break;
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_FAULT:
[media] V4L: Add JPEG compression control class The V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS control class is intended to expose various adjustable parameters of JPEG encoders and decoders. Following controls are defined: - V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY, - V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER. This covers only a part of relevant standard specifications. More controls should be added in future if required. The purpose of V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS class is also to replace some functionality covered by VIDIOC_S/G_JPEGCOMP ioctls, i.e. the JPEG markers presence and compression quality control. The applications and drivers should switch from the ioctl to control based API, as described in the subsequent patches for the Media API DocBook. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-21 02:37:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER:
[media] V4L: Add camera 3A lock control The V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK bitmask control allows applications to pause or resume the automatic exposure, focus and wite balance adjustments. It can be used, for example, to lock the 3A adjustments right before a still image is captured, for pre-focus, etc. The applications can control each of the algorithms independently, through a corresponding control bit, if driver allows that. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-02 17:24:33 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK:
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS:
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK;
break;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: add codec controls support to the control framework Add support for the codec controls to the v4l2 control framework. [mchehab@redhat.com: Fix merge conflicts and removed some hunks that were adding blank lines without a good reason] Signed-off-by: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:46:22 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_CAPTURE:
case V4L2_CID_MIN_BUFFERS_FOR_OUTPUT:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
break;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS:
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE;
/* Fall through */
case V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64;
[media] v4l: Image processing control class Add control class for image processing controls. The control class deals with controls processing image, for example digital gain or noise filtering, which can be present in any part of the pipeline. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-03 07:17:54 +08:00
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: zero min/max/step/def values for 64 bit integers Those fields are meaningless for such control types, and the control framework should zero them. Otherwise v4l2-compliance will complain about non-zero min/max/step/def fields. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-19 23:37:18 +08:00
*min = *max = *step = *def = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new controls for MPEG decoder devices As discussed during the 2011 V4L-DVB workshop we want to create a proper V4L2 decoder API that replaces the DVBv5 API that has been used until now. This adds the four controls necessary to be able to switch ivtv over to this new API. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-12-15 21:46:16 +08:00
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
default:
*type = V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER;
break;
}
switch (id) {
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_ENCODING:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_BITRATE_MODE:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_B_FRAMES:
case V4L2_CID_MPEG_STREAM_TYPE:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE;
break;
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE:
case V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS:
case V4L2_CID_CONTRAST:
case V4L2_CID_SATURATION:
case V4L2_CID_HUE:
case V4L2_CID_RED_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_BLUE_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_GAMMA:
case V4L2_CID_SHARPNESS:
case V4L2_CID_CHROMA_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_RELEASE_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_GAIN:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_ATTACK_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_COMPRESSION_RELEASE_TIME:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_DEVIATION:
case V4L2_CID_PILOT_TONE_FREQUENCY:
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_POWER_LEVEL:
case V4L2_CID_TUNE_ANTENNA_CAPACITOR:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_SLIDER;
break;
case V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_TILT_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_FOCUS_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_IRIS_RELATIVE:
case V4L2_CID_ZOOM_RELATIVE:
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY;
break;
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_STROBE_STATUS:
[media] V4L: Add camera auto focus controls Add following auto focus controls: - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START - single-shot auto focus start - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP - single-shot auto focus stop - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS - automatic focus status - V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE - automatic focus scan range selection Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-11 17:37:03 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_FLASH_READY:
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: add support for the new DV controls Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-03 17:14:37 +08:00
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_HOTPLUG:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_RXSENSE:
case V4L2_CID_DV_TX_EDID_PRESENT:
case V4L2_CID_DV_RX_POWER_PRESENT:
[media] v4l: Add a class and a set of controls for flash devices Add a control class and a set of controls to support LED and Xenon flash devices. An example of such a device is the adp1653. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-03-21 23:52:51 +08:00
*flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_fill);
/* Helper function to determine whether the control type is compatible with
VIDIOC_G/S_CTRL. */
static bool type_is_int(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
/* Nope, these need v4l2_ext_control */
return false;
default:
return true;
}
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
static void fill_event(struct v4l2_event *ev, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 changes)
{
memset(ev->reserved, 0, sizeof(ev->reserved));
ev->type = V4L2_EVENT_CTRL;
ev->id = ctrl->id;
ev->u.ctrl.changes = changes;
ev->u.ctrl.type = ctrl->type;
ev->u.ctrl.flags = ctrl->flags;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING)
ev->u.ctrl.value64 = 0;
else
ev->u.ctrl.value64 = ctrl->cur.val64;
ev->u.ctrl.minimum = ctrl->minimum;
ev->u.ctrl.maximum = ctrl->maximum;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
|| ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
ev->u.ctrl.step = 1;
else
ev->u.ctrl.step = ctrl->step;
ev->u.ctrl.default_value = ctrl->default_value;
}
static void send_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 changes)
{
struct v4l2_event ev;
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
if (list_empty(&ctrl->ev_subs))
[media] v4l2-ctrls/v4l2-events: small coding style cleanups Thanks to Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-20 22:56:24 +08:00
return;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
fill_event(&ev, ctrl, changes);
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(sev, &ctrl->ev_subs, node)
[media] v4l2-event: Don't set sev->fh to NULL on unsubscribe Setting sev->fh to NULL causes problems for the del op added in the next patch of this series, since this op needs a way to get to its own data structures, and typically this will be done by using container_of on an embedded v4l2_fh struct. The reason the original code is setting sev->fh to NULL is to signal to users of the event framework that the unsubscription has happened, but since their is no shared lock between the event framework and users of it, this is inherently racy, and it also turns out to be unnecessary as long as both the event framework and the user of the framework do their own locking properly and the user guarantees that it holds no references to the subcribed_event structure after its del operation has been called. This is best explained by looking at the only code currently checking for sev->fh being set to NULL on unsubscribe, which is the v4l2-ctrls.c send_event function. Here is the relevant code from v4l2-ctrls: send_event(): if (sev->fh && (sev->fh != fh || (sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK))) v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev); Now lets say that v4l2_event_unsubscribe and v4l2-ctrls: send_event() race on the same sev, then the following could happens: 1) send_event checks sev->fh, finds it is not NULL <thread switch> 2) v4l2_event_unsubscribe sets sev->fh NULL 3) v4l2_event_unsubscribe calls v4l2_ctrls del_event function, this blocks as the thread calling send_event holds the ctrl_lock <thread switch> 4) send_event calls v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) which not is equivalent to calling: v4l2_event_queue_fh(NULL, &ev) 5) oops, NULL pointer deref. Now again without setting sev->fh to NULL in v4l2_event_unsubscribe and without the (now senseless since always true) sev->fh != NULL check in 1) send_event is about to call v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) <thread switch> 2) v4l2_event_unsubscribe removes sev->list from the fh->subscribed list <thread switch> 3) send_event calls v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev) 4) v4l2_event_queue_fh blocks on the fh_lock spinlock <thread switch> 5) v4l2_event_unsubscribe unlocks the fh_lock spinlock 6) v4l2_event_unsubscribe calls v4l2_ctrls del_event function, this blocks as the thread calling send_event holds the ctrl_lock <thread switch> 8) v4l2_event_queue_fh takes the fh_lock 7) v4l2_event_queue_fh calls v4l2_event_subscribed, does not find it since sev->list has been removed from fh->subscribed already -> does nothing 9) v4l2_event_queue_fh releases the fh_lock 10) the caller of send_event releases the ctrl lock (mutex) <thread switch> 11) v4l2_ctrls del_event takes the ctrl lock 12) v4l2_ctrls del_event removes sev->node from the ev_subs list 13) v4l2_ctrls del_event releases the ctrl lock 14) v4l2_event_unsubscribe frees the sev, to which no references are being held anymore Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-10-26 16:52:47 +08:00
if (sev->fh != fh ||
(sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK))
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Helper function: copy the current control value back to the caller */
static int cur_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
u32 len;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
len = strlen(ctrl->cur.string);
if (c->size < len + 1) {
c->size = len + 1;
return -ENOSPC;
}
return copy_to_user(c->string, ctrl->cur.string,
len + 1) ? -EFAULT : 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
c->value64 = ctrl->cur.val64;
break;
default:
c->value = ctrl->cur.val;
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function: copy the caller-provider value as the new control value */
static int user_to_new(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
int ret;
u32 size;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
ctrl->is_new = 1;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
ctrl->val64 = c->value64;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
size = c->size;
if (size == 0)
return -ERANGE;
if (size > ctrl->maximum + 1)
size = ctrl->maximum + 1;
ret = copy_from_user(ctrl->string, c->string, size);
if (!ret) {
char last = ctrl->string[size - 1];
ctrl->string[size - 1] = 0;
/* If the string was longer than ctrl->maximum,
then return an error. */
if (strlen(ctrl->string) == ctrl->maximum && last)
return -ERANGE;
}
return ret ? -EFAULT : 0;
default:
ctrl->val = c->value;
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Helper function: copy the new control value back to the caller */
static int new_to_user(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
u32 len;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
len = strlen(ctrl->string);
if (c->size < len + 1) {
c->size = ctrl->maximum + 1;
return -ENOSPC;
}
return copy_to_user(c->string, ctrl->string,
len + 1) ? -EFAULT : 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
c->value64 = ctrl->val64;
break;
default:
c->value = ctrl->val;
break;
}
return 0;
}
/* Copy the new value to the current value. */
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
static void new_to_cur(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
bool changed = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
switch (ctrl->type) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON:
changed = true;
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
/* strings are always 0-terminated */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
changed = strcmp(ctrl->string, ctrl->cur.string);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
strcpy(ctrl->cur.string, ctrl->string);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
changed = ctrl->val64 != ctrl->cur.val64;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->cur.val64 = ctrl->val64;
break;
default:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
changed = ctrl->val != ctrl->cur.val;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->cur.val = ctrl->val;
break;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
if (ch_flags & V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS) {
/* Note: CH_FLAGS is only set for auto clusters. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
ctrl->flags &=
~(V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE);
if (!is_cur_manual(ctrl->cluster[0])) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
ctrl->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (ctrl->cluster[0]->has_volatiles)
ctrl->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Send change events to all fh for auto cluster slave controls Otherwise the fh changing the master control won't get the inactive state change event for the slave controls. Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-10-31 22:16:44 +08:00
fh = NULL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
if (changed || ch_flags) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: always send an event if a control changed implicitly By default no control events are sent to the application that caused the control value or flags change (i.e. the control(s) passed to VIDIOC_S_CTRL or VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS). But if a change in one control causes a change in another control that was not part of the control(s) in VIDIOC_S_CTRL or S_EXT_CTRLS, then the application should be notified. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-07-05 18:09:26 +08:00
/* If a control was changed that was not one of the controls
modified by the application, then send the event to all. */
if (!ctrl->is_new)
fh = NULL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
send_event(fh, ctrl,
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
(changed ? V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE : 0) | ch_flags);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a notify callback Sometimes platform/bridge drivers need to be notified when a control from a sub-device changes value. In order to support this a notify callback was added. [dheitmueller@kernellabs.com: fix merge conflict in v4l2-ctrls.c] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Devin Heitmueller <dheitmueller@kernellabs.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-07 15:46:39 +08:00
if (ctrl->call_notify && changed && ctrl->handler->notify)
ctrl->handler->notify(ctrl, ctrl->handler->notify_priv);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: always send an event if a control changed implicitly By default no control events are sent to the application that caused the control value or flags change (i.e. the control(s) passed to VIDIOC_S_CTRL or VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS). But if a change in one control causes a change in another control that was not part of the control(s) in VIDIOC_S_CTRL or S_EXT_CTRLS, then the application should be notified. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-07-05 18:09:26 +08:00
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Copy the current value to the new value */
static void cur_to_new(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
/* strings are always 0-terminated */
strcpy(ctrl->string, ctrl->cur.string);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
ctrl->val64 = ctrl->cur.val64;
break;
default:
ctrl->val = ctrl->cur.val;
break;
}
}
/* Return non-zero if one or more of the controls in the cluster has a new
value that differs from the current value. */
static int cluster_changed(struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
int diff = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; !diff && i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = master->cluster[i];
if (ctrl == NULL)
continue;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON:
/* Button controls are always 'different' */
return 1;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
/* strings are always 0-terminated */
diff = strcmp(ctrl->string, ctrl->cur.string);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
diff = ctrl->val64 != ctrl->cur.val64;
break;
default:
diff = ctrl->val != ctrl->cur.val;
break;
}
}
return diff;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
/* Control range checking */
static int check_range(enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def)
{
switch (type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
if (step != 1 || max > 1 || min < 0)
return -ERANGE;
/* fall through */
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
if (step <= 0 || min > max || def < min || def > max)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
if (step || min || !max || (def & ~max))
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
if (min > max || def < min || def > max)
return -ERANGE;
/* Note: step == menu_skip_mask for menu controls.
So here we check if the default value is masked out. */
if (step && ((1 << def) & step))
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
if (min > max || min < 0 || step < 1 || def)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
default:
return 0;
}
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
/* Validate a new control */
static int validate_new(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
struct v4l2_ext_control *c)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
size_t len;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 offset;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
s32 val;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
/* Round towards the closest legal value */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
val = c->value + ctrl->step / 2;
val = clamp(val, ctrl->minimum, ctrl->maximum);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
offset = val - ctrl->minimum;
offset = ctrl->step * (offset / ctrl->step);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c->value = ctrl->minimum + offset;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c->value = !!c->value;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
if (c->value < ctrl->minimum || c->value > ctrl->maximum)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -ERANGE;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
if (ctrl->menu_skip_mask & (1 << c->value))
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU &&
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
ctrl->qmenu[c->value][0] == '\0')
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
return 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new bitmask control type Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-23 15:07:05 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c->value &= ctrl->maximum;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new bitmask control type Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-23 15:07:05 +08:00
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c->value = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
return 0;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
len = strlen(c->string);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (len < ctrl->minimum)
return -ERANGE;
if ((len - ctrl->minimum) % ctrl->step)
return -ERANGE;
return 0;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
}
static inline u32 node2id(struct list_head *node)
{
return list_entry(node, struct v4l2_ctrl_ref, node)->ctrl->id;
}
/* Set the handler's error code if it wasn't set earlier already */
static inline int handler_set_err(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, int err)
{
if (hdl->error == 0)
hdl->error = err;
return err;
}
/* Initialize the handler */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
unsigned nr_of_controls_hint,
struct lock_class_key *key, const char *name)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
hdl->lock = &hdl->_lock;
mutex_init(hdl->lock);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
lockdep_set_class_and_name(hdl->lock, key, name);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hdl->ctrls);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hdl->ctrl_refs);
hdl->nr_of_buckets = 1 + nr_of_controls_hint / 8;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use kcalloc instead of kzalloc to allocate array The advantage of kcalloc is, that will prevent integer overflows which could result from the multiplication of number of elements and size and it is also a bit nicer to read. The semantic patch that makes this change is available in https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/11/25/107 Signed-off-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-11-30 04:08:00 +08:00
hdl->buckets = kcalloc(hdl->nr_of_buckets, sizeof(hdl->buckets[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
hdl->error = hdl->buckets ? 0 : -ENOMEM;
return hdl->error;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: eliminate lockdep false alarms for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock When calling v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(), lockdep would detect a potential recursive locking problem on a situation that is by design intended and not a recursive lock. This happened because all struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock mutexes were created as members of the same lock class in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(), and v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() takes the hdl->lock on two different v4l2_ctrl_handler instances. This change breaks the large lockdep lock class for struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock and breaks it into v4l2_ctrl_handler instantiation specific lock classes with meaningful class names. This will validly eliminate lockdep alarms for v4l2_ctrl_handler locking validation, as long as the relationships between drivers adding v4l2 controls to their own handler from other v4l2 drivers' control handlers remains straightforward. struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.lock lock classes are created with names such that the output of cat /proc/lockdep indicates where in the v4l2 driver code v4l2_ctrl_handle_init() is being called on instantiations: ffffffffa045f490 FD: 10 BD: 8 +.+...: cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0497d20 FD: 12 BD: 2 +.+.+.: saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa04ac660 FD: 14 BD: 2 +.+.+.: msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock ffffffffa0484b90 FD: 12 BD: 1 +.+.+.: ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock ffffffffa04eb530 FD: 11 BD: 2 +.+.+.: cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock ffffffffa04fbc80 FD: 11 BD: 3 +.+.+.: wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock Some lock chains, that were previously causing the recursion alarms, are now visible in the output of cat /proc/lockdep_chains: irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0497d20] saa7115:1581:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04ac660] msp3400_driver:756:(hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa0484b90] ivtv_gpio:366:(&itv->hdl_gpio)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04eb530] cx25840_core:1982:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock irq_context: 0 [ffffffffa04fbc80] wm8775:246:(&state->hdl)->lock [ffffffffa045f490] cx2341x:1534:(hdl)->lock Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: keep mutex_init in v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-03-09 16:55:11 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Free all controls and control refs */
void v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref, *next_ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, *next_ctrl;
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, *next_sev;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (hdl == NULL || hdl->buckets == NULL)
return;
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Free all nodes */
list_for_each_entry_safe(ref, next_ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
list_del(&ref->node);
kfree(ref);
}
/* Free all controls owned by the handler */
list_for_each_entry_safe(ctrl, next_ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node) {
list_del(&ctrl->node);
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
list_for_each_entry_safe(sev, next_sev, &ctrl->ev_subs, node)
list_del(&sev->node);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
kfree(ctrl);
}
kfree(hdl->buckets);
hdl->buckets = NULL;
hdl->cached = NULL;
hdl->error = 0;
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_free);
/* For backwards compatibility: V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE should no longer
be used except in G_CTRL, S_CTRL, QUERYCTRL and QUERYMENU when dealing
with applications that do not use the NEXT_CTRL flag.
We just find the n-th private user control. It's O(N), but that should not
be an issue in this particular case. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_private_ref(
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
id -= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
/* Search for private user controls that are compatible with
VIDIOC_G/S_CTRL. */
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(ref->ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER &&
V4L2_CTRL_DRIVER_PRIV(ref->ctrl->id)) {
if (!type_is_int(ref->ctrl))
continue;
if (id == 0)
return ref;
id--;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_ref(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
int bucket;
id &= V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
/* Old-style private controls need special handling */
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
return find_private_ref(hdl, id);
bucket = id % hdl->nr_of_buckets;
/* Simple optimization: cache the last control found */
if (hdl->cached && hdl->cached->ctrl->id == id)
return hdl->cached;
/* Not in cache, search the hash */
ref = hdl->buckets ? hdl->buckets[bucket] : NULL;
while (ref && ref->ctrl->id != id)
ref = ref->next;
if (ref)
hdl->cached = ref; /* cache it! */
return ref;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. Take the handler's lock first. */
static struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *find_ref_lock(
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref = NULL;
if (hdl) {
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ref = find_ref(hdl, id);
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
return ref;
}
/* Find a control with the given ID. */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, id);
return ref ? ref->ctrl : NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_find);
/* Allocate a new v4l2_ctrl_ref and hook it into the handler. */
static int handler_new_ref(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *new_ref;
u32 id = ctrl->id;
u32 class_ctrl = V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id) | 1;
int bucket = id % hdl->nr_of_buckets; /* which bucket to use */
/* Automatically add the control class if it is not yet present. */
if (id != class_ctrl && find_ref_lock(hdl, class_ctrl) == NULL)
if (!v4l2_ctrl_new_std(hdl, NULL, class_ctrl, 0, 0, 0, 0))
return hdl->error;
if (hdl->error)
return hdl->error;
new_ref = kzalloc(sizeof(*new_ref), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new_ref)
return handler_set_err(hdl, -ENOMEM);
new_ref->ctrl = ctrl;
if (ctrl->handler == hdl) {
/* By default each control starts in a cluster of its own.
new_ref->ctrl is basically a cluster array with one
element, so that's perfect to use as the cluster pointer.
But only do this for the handler that owns the control. */
ctrl->cluster = &new_ref->ctrl;
ctrl->ncontrols = 1;
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&new_ref->node);
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Add immediately at the end of the list if the list is empty, or if
the last element in the list has a lower ID.
This ensures that when elements are added in ascending order the
insertion is an O(1) operation. */
if (list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs) || id > node2id(hdl->ctrl_refs.prev)) {
list_add_tail(&new_ref->node, &hdl->ctrl_refs);
goto insert_in_hash;
}
/* Find insert position in sorted list */
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node) {
if (ref->ctrl->id < id)
continue;
/* Don't add duplicates */
if (ref->ctrl->id == id) {
kfree(new_ref);
goto unlock;
}
list_add(&new_ref->node, ref->node.prev);
break;
}
insert_in_hash:
/* Insert the control node in the hash */
new_ref->next = hdl->buckets[bucket];
hdl->buckets[bucket] = new_ref;
unlock:
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
/* Add a new control */
static struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, const char *name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def,
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
u32 flags, const char * const *qmenu,
const s64 *qmenu_int, void *priv)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
unsigned sz_extra = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
int err;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (hdl->error)
return NULL;
/* Sanity checks */
if (id == 0 || name == NULL || id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE ||
(type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU && qmenu == NULL) ||
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
(type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU && qmenu_int == NULL)) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new bitmask control type Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-23 15:07:05 +08:00
handler_set_err(hdl, -ERANGE);
return NULL;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
err = check_range(type, min, max, step, def);
if (err) {
handler_set_err(hdl, err);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: only check def for menu, integer and boolean controls The 'def' field is only valid for menus, integers and booleans. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:27:05 +08:00
return NULL;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new bitmask control type Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-23 15:07:05 +08:00
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK && ((def & ~max) || min || step)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -ERANGE);
return NULL;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON)
flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY;
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY;
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING)
sz_extra += 2 * (max + 1);
ctrl = kzalloc(sizeof(*ctrl) + sz_extra, GFP_KERNEL);
if (ctrl == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -ENOMEM);
return NULL;
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ctrl->node);
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ctrl->ev_subs);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->handler = hdl;
ctrl->ops = ops;
ctrl->id = id;
ctrl->name = name;
ctrl->type = type;
ctrl->flags = flags;
ctrl->minimum = min;
ctrl->maximum = max;
ctrl->step = step;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
ctrl->qmenu = qmenu;
else if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
ctrl->qmenu_int = qmenu_int;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->priv = priv;
ctrl->cur.val = ctrl->val = ctrl->default_value = def;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING) {
ctrl->cur.string = (char *)&ctrl[1] + sz_extra - (max + 1);
ctrl->string = (char *)&ctrl[1] + sz_extra - 2 * (max + 1);
if (ctrl->minimum)
memset(ctrl->cur.string, ' ', ctrl->minimum);
}
if (handler_new_ref(hdl, ctrl)) {
kfree(ctrl);
return NULL;
}
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_add_tail(&ctrl->node, &hdl->ctrls);
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ctrl;
}
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg, void *priv)
{
bool is_menu;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
const char *name = cfg->name;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
const char * const *qmenu = cfg->qmenu;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
const s64 *qmenu_int = cfg->qmenu_int;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type = cfg->type;
u32 flags = cfg->flags;
s32 min = cfg->min;
s32 max = cfg->max;
u32 step = cfg->step;
s32 def = cfg->def;
if (name == NULL)
v4l2_ctrl_fill(cfg->id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step,
&def, &flags);
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
is_menu = (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU ||
cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (is_menu)
WARN_ON(step);
else
WARN_ON(cfg->menu_skip_mask);
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU && qmenu == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
qmenu = v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(cfg->id);
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
else if (cfg->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU &&
qmenu_int == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, cfg->ops, cfg->id, name,
type, min, max,
is_menu ? cfg->menu_skip_mask : step,
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
def, flags, qmenu, qmenu_int, priv);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: replace is_volatile with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile field. Modify all users to use the new flag. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:35:14 +08:00
if (ctrl)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ctrl->is_private = cfg->is_private;
return ctrl;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_custom);
/* Helper function for standard non-menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def)
{
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
|| type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, id, name, type,
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
min, max, step, def, flags, NULL, NULL, NULL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std);
/* Helper function for standard menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, s32 max, s32 mask, s32 def)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: use const char * const * for the menu arrays This prevents checkpatch warnings generated when defining 'static const char *foo[]' arrays. It makes sense to use const char * const * anyway since the pointers in the array are indeed const. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-12-30 01:25:52 +08:00
const char * const *qmenu = v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(id);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
s32 min;
s32 step;
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, id, name, type,
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
0, max, mask, def, flags, qmenu, NULL, NULL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu);
[media] media: v4l2-ctrl: add a helper function to add standard control with driver specific menu Add helper function v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(), which adds a standard menu control, with driver specific menu. Signed-off-by: Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Manjunath Hadli <manjunath.hadli@ti.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-19 02:54:38 +08:00
/* Helper function for standard menu controls with driver defined menu */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, s32 max,
s32 mask, s32 def, const char * const *qmenu)
{
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
const char *name;
u32 flags;
s32 step;
s32 min;
/* v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() should only be called for
* standard controls without a standard menu.
*/
if (v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(id)) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU || qmenu == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, id, name, type, 0, max, mask, def,
flags, qmenu, NULL, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items);
[media] V4L: Add helper function for standard integer menu controls This patch adds v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() helper function which can be used in drivers for creating standard integer menu control with driver-specific menu item list. It is similar to v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), except it doesn't have a mask parameter and an additional qmenu parameter allows passing an array of signed 64-bit integers as the menu item list. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Tested-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-07 02:30:44 +08:00
/* Helper function for standard integer menu controls */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
u32 id, s32 max, s32 def, const s64 *qmenu_int)
{
const char *name;
enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
s32 min;
s32 step;
u32 flags;
v4l2_ctrl_fill(id, &name, &type, &min, &max, &step, &def, &flags);
if (type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
return v4l2_ctrl_new(hdl, ops, id, name, type,
0, max, 0, def, flags, NULL, qmenu_int, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Add a control from another handler to this handler */
struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
if (hdl == NULL || hdl->error)
return NULL;
if (ctrl == NULL) {
handler_set_err(hdl, -EINVAL);
return NULL;
}
if (ctrl->handler == hdl)
return ctrl;
return handler_new_ref(hdl, ctrl) ? NULL : ctrl;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_add_ctrl);
/* Add the controls from another handler to our own. */
int v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a filter function to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler With a filter function you can control more precisely which controls are added. This is useful in particular for radio device nodes for combined TV/Radio cards where you want to show just the radio-specific controls and not controls like brightness. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-14 18:15:03 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *add,
bool (*filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl))
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_add_handler should add all refs Currently v4l2_ctrl_add_handler adds only the controls that are owned by the handler. This is wrong. Instead all controls, whether owned or not, should be added. This is also implied by the v4l2-controls.txt documentation and it is clearly the right thing to do. The only reason this was never noticed before is because we never did this. Only recent changes in ivtv made this error visible because there a third handler layer was added (handler A inherits from handler B which inherits from C, D and E). Without this change handler A only sees the controls owned by handler B and the controls from C, D and E are missing. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-02 23:41:25 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret = 0;
/* Do nothing if either handler is NULL or if they are the same */
if (!hdl || !add || hdl == add)
return 0;
if (hdl->error)
return hdl->error;
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(add->lock);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_add_handler should add all refs Currently v4l2_ctrl_add_handler adds only the controls that are owned by the handler. This is wrong. Instead all controls, whether owned or not, should be added. This is also implied by the v4l2-controls.txt documentation and it is clearly the right thing to do. The only reason this was never noticed before is because we never did this. Only recent changes in ivtv made this error visible because there a third handler layer was added (handler A inherits from handler B which inherits from C, D and E). Without this change handler A only sees the controls owned by handler B and the controls from C, D and E are missing. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-03-02 23:41:25 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(ref, &add->ctrl_refs, node) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = ref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Skip handler-private controls. */
if (ctrl->is_private)
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
/* And control classes */
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a filter function to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler With a filter function you can control more precisely which controls are added. This is useful in particular for radio device nodes for combined TV/Radio cards where you want to show just the radio-specific controls and not controls like brightness. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-14 18:15:03 +08:00
/* Filter any unwanted controls */
if (filter && !filter(ctrl))
continue;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
ret = handler_new_ref(hdl, ctrl);
if (ret)
break;
}
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(add->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_add_handler);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a filter function to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler With a filter function you can control more precisely which controls are added. This is useful in particular for radio device nodes for combined TV/Radio cards where you want to show just the radio-specific controls and not controls like brightness. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-14 18:15:03 +08:00
bool v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_TX)
return true;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX controls are also valid radio controls The radio filter function that filters controls that are valid for a radio device should also accept V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-06-02 18:55:59 +08:00
if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(ctrl->id) == V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_FM_RX)
return true;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a filter function to v4l2_ctrl_add_handler With a filter function you can control more precisely which controls are added. This is useful in particular for radio device nodes for combined TV/Radio cards where you want to show just the radio-specific controls and not controls like brightness. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-14 18:15:03 +08:00
switch (ctrl->id) {
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_VOLUME:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BALANCE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_BASS:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_TREBLE:
case V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LOUDNESS:
return true;
default:
break;
}
return false;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Cluster controls */
void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
bool has_volatiles = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
/* The first control is the master control and it must not be NULL */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
BUG_ON(ncontrols == 0 || controls[0] == NULL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < ncontrols; i++) {
if (controls[i]) {
controls[i]->cluster = controls;
controls[i]->ncontrols = ncontrols;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (controls[i]->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)
has_volatiles = true;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
controls[0]->has_volatiles = has_volatiles;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_cluster);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls,
u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = controls[0];
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
u32 flag = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
int i;
v4l2_ctrl_cluster(ncontrols, controls);
WARN_ON(ncontrols <= 1);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: make manual_mode_value 8 bits and check against control range Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-28 21:43:13 +08:00
WARN_ON(manual_val < master->minimum || manual_val > master->maximum);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
WARN_ON(set_volatile && !has_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl));
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
master->is_auto = true;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
master->has_volatiles = set_volatile;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
master->manual_mode_value = manual_val;
master->flags |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (!is_cur_manual(master))
flag = V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE |
(set_volatile ? V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE : 0);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
for (i = 1; i < ncontrols; i++)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: replace is_volatile with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile field. Modify all users to use the new flag. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:35:14 +08:00
if (controls[i])
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
controls[i]->flags |= flag;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Activate/deactivate a control. */
void v4l2_ctrl_activate(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool active)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
/* invert since the actual flag is called 'inactive' */
bool inactive = !active;
bool old;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
if (inactive)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
old = test_and_set_bit(4, &ctrl->flags);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
else
/* clear V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
old = test_and_clear_bit(4, &ctrl->flags);
if (old != inactive)
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_activate);
/* Grab/ungrab a control.
Typically used when streaming starts and you want to grab controls,
preventing the user from changing them.
Just call this and the framework will block any attempts to change
these controls. */
void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
bool old;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (grabbed)
/* set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
old = test_and_set_bit(1, &ctrl->flags);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
else
/* clear V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
old = test_and_clear_bit(1, &ctrl->flags);
if (old != grabbed)
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_grab);
/* Log the control name and value */
static void log_ctrl(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
const char *prefix, const char *colon)
{
if (ctrl->flags & (V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY))
return;
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS)
return;
printk(KERN_INFO "%s%s%s: ", prefix, colon, ctrl->name);
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
printk(KERN_CONT "%d", ctrl->cur.val);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
printk(KERN_CONT "%s", ctrl->cur.val ? "true" : "false");
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
printk(KERN_CONT "%s", ctrl->qmenu[ctrl->cur.val]);
break;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
printk(KERN_CONT "%lld", ctrl->qmenu_int[ctrl->cur.val]);
break;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add new bitmask control type Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-23 15:07:05 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
printk(KERN_CONT "0x%08x", ctrl->cur.val);
break;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64:
printk(KERN_CONT "%lld", ctrl->cur.val64);
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING:
printk(KERN_CONT "%s", ctrl->cur.string);
break;
default:
printk(KERN_CONT "unknown type %d", ctrl->type);
break;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: replace is_volatile with V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile field. Modify all users to use the new flag. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:35:14 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & (V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED |
V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)) {
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE)
printk(KERN_CONT " inactive");
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED)
printk(KERN_CONT " grabbed");
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE)
printk(KERN_CONT " volatile");
}
printk(KERN_CONT "\n");
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Log all controls owned by the handler */
void v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
const char *prefix)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
const char *colon = "";
int len;
if (hdl == NULL)
return;
if (prefix == NULL)
prefix = "";
len = strlen(prefix);
if (len && prefix[len - 1] != ' ')
colon = ": ";
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node)
if (!(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED))
log_ctrl(ctrl, prefix, colon);
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status);
[media] V4L: Add v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status() helper function This patch adds a v4l2 core helper function that can be used as the log_status handler for subdevs that only need to log state of the v4l2 controls owned by the subdev's control handler. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-23 06:01:02 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
{
v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(sd->ctrl_handler, sd->name);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Call s_ctrl for all controls owned by the handler */
int v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
int ret = 0;
if (hdl == NULL)
return 0;
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node)
ctrl->done = false;
list_for_each_entry(ctrl, &hdl->ctrls, node) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int i;
/* Skip if this control was already handled by a cluster. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup code simplification Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 22:01:52 +08:00
/* Skip button controls and read-only controls. */
if (ctrl->done || ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON ||
(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY))
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
if (master->cluster[i]) {
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 1;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup code simplification Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 22:01:52 +08:00
master->cluster[i]->done = true;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
}
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: introduce call_op define Add the call_op define to safely call the control ops. This also allows for controls without any ops such as the 'control class' controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-25 17:04:58 +08:00
ret = call_op(master, s_ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ret)
break;
}
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup);
/* Implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL */
int v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc)
{
u32 id = qc->id & V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Try to find it */
ref = find_ref(hdl, id);
if ((qc->id & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL) && !list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs)) {
/* Find the next control with ID > qc->id */
/* Did we reach the end of the control list? */
if (id >= node2id(hdl->ctrl_refs.prev)) {
ref = NULL; /* Yes, so there is no next control */
} else if (ref) {
/* We found a control with the given ID, so just get
the next one in the list. */
ref = list_entry(ref->node.next, typeof(*ref), node);
} else {
/* No control with the given ID exists, so start
searching for the next largest ID. We know there
is one, otherwise the first 'if' above would have
been true. */
list_for_each_entry(ref, &hdl->ctrl_refs, node)
if (id < ref->ctrl->id)
break;
}
}
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!ref)
return -EINVAL;
ctrl = ref->ctrl;
memset(qc, 0, sizeof(*qc));
[media] v4l2-ctrls: queryctrl shouldn't attempt to replace V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE IDs When queryctrl is called with a V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE control ID, then currently it is replaced by the real internal ID. This is not according to the spec so keep the V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE ID in this case. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-16 22:21:40 +08:00
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
qc->id = id;
else
qc->id = ctrl->id;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
strlcpy(qc->name, ctrl->name, sizeof(qc->name));
qc->minimum = ctrl->minimum;
qc->maximum = ctrl->maximum;
qc->default_value = ctrl->default_value;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU
|| ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
qc->step = 1;
else
qc->step = ctrl->step;
qc->flags = ctrl->flags;
qc->type = ctrl->type;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_queryctrl);
int v4l2_subdev_queryctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Fix control enumeration for multiple subdevs with ctrl v4l2-ctl and qv4l2 enumerate controls using V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL, falling back to the old method if the flag isn't supported. The v4l2_subdev_queryctrl function will currently handle that flag, but for the controls of the subdev only. This isn't right, it should refuse this flag, otherwise v4l2-ctl will only see the controls of the first subdev. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-02-22 23:31:07 +08:00
if (qc->id & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL)
return -EINVAL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return v4l2_queryctrl(sd->ctrl_handler, qc);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_queryctrl);
/* Implement VIDIOC_QUERYMENU */
int v4l2_querymenu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
u32 i = qm->index;
ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, qm->id);
if (!ctrl)
return -EINVAL;
qm->reserved = 0;
/* Sanity checks */
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
if (ctrl->qmenu == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
break;
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
if (ctrl->qmenu_int == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
if (i < ctrl->minimum || i > ctrl->maximum)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Use mask to see if this menu item should be skipped */
if (ctrl->menu_skip_mask & (1 << i))
return -EINVAL;
/* Empty menu items should also be skipped */
[media] v4l: Introduce integer menu controls Create a new control type called V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU. Integer menu controls are just like menu controls but the menu items are 64-bit integers rather than strings. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Tested-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-05 00:51:11 +08:00
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU) {
if (ctrl->qmenu[i] == NULL || ctrl->qmenu[i][0] == '\0')
return -EINVAL;
strlcpy(qm->name, ctrl->qmenu[i], sizeof(qm->name));
} else {
qm->value = ctrl->qmenu_int[i];
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_querymenu);
int v4l2_subdev_querymenu(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm)
{
return v4l2_querymenu(sd->ctrl_handler, qm);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_querymenu);
/* Some general notes on the atomic requirements of VIDIOC_G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS:
It is not a fully atomic operation, just best-effort only. After all, if
multiple controls have to be set through multiple i2c writes (for example)
then some initial writes may succeed while others fail. Thus leaving the
system in an inconsistent state. The question is how much effort you are
willing to spend on trying to make something atomic that really isn't.
From the point of view of an application the main requirement is that
when you call VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS and some values are invalid then an
error should be returned without actually affecting any controls.
If all the values are correct, then it is acceptable to just give up
in case of low-level errors.
It is important though that the application can tell when only a partial
configuration was done. The way we do that is through the error_idx field
of struct v4l2_ext_controls: if that is equal to the count field then no
controls were affected. Otherwise all controls before that index were
successful in performing their 'get' or 'set' operation, the control at
the given index failed, and you don't know what happened with the controls
after the failed one. Since if they were part of a control cluster they
could have been successfully processed (if a cluster member was encountered
at index < error_idx), they could have failed (if a cluster member was at
error_idx), or they may not have been processed yet (if the first cluster
member appeared after error_idx).
It is all fairly theoretical, though. In practice all you can do is to
bail out. If error_idx == count, then it is an application bug. If
error_idx < count then it is only an application bug if the error code was
EBUSY. That usually means that something started streaming just when you
tried to set the controls. In all other cases it is a driver/hardware
problem and all you can do is to retry or bail out.
Note that these rules do not apply to VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS: since that
never modifies controls the error_idx is just set to whatever control
has an invalid value.
*/
/* Prepare for the extended g/s/try functions.
Find the controls in the control array and do some basic checks. */
static int prepare_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *h;
bool have_clusters = false;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
u32 i;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0, h = helpers; i < cs->count; i++, h++) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control *c = &cs->controls[i];
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *ref;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
u32 id = c->id & V4L2_CTRL_ID_MASK;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: simplify error_idx handling The lower-level prepare functions just set error_idx for each control that might have an error. The high-level functions will override this with cs->count in the get and set cases. Only try will keep the error_idx. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 15:40:04 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (cs->ctrl_class && V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(id) != cs->ctrl_class)
return -EINVAL;
/* Old-style private controls are not allowed for
extended controls */
if (id >= V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, id);
if (ref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ctrl = ref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (ctrl->cluster[0]->ncontrols > 1)
have_clusters = true;
if (ctrl->cluster[0] != ctrl)
ref = find_ref_lock(hdl, ctrl->cluster[0]->id);
/* Store the ref to the master control of the cluster */
h->mref = ref;
h->ctrl = ctrl;
/* Initially set next to 0, meaning that there is no other
control in this helper array belonging to the same
cluster */
h->next = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* We are done if there were no controls that belong to a multi-
control cluster. */
if (!have_clusters)
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* The code below figures out in O(n) time which controls in the list
belong to the same cluster. */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* This has to be done with the handler lock taken. */
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_lock(hdl->lock);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* First zero the helper field in the master control references */
for (i = 0; i < cs->count; i++)
[media] V4L: Use NULL pointer instead of plain integer in v4l2-ctrls.c file Fixes the following sparse warning: drivers/media/video/v4l2-ctrls.c:2123:43: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer Signed-off-by: Sachin Kamat <sachin.kamat@linaro.org> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-10 18:14:46 +08:00
helpers[i].mref->helper = NULL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0, h = helpers; i < cs->count; i++, h++) {
struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *mref = h->mref;
/* If the mref->helper is set, then it points to an earlier
helper that belongs to the same cluster. */
if (mref->helper) {
/* Set the next field of mref->helper to the current
index: this means that that earlier helper now
points to the next helper in the same cluster. */
mref->helper->next = i;
/* mref should be set only for the first helper in the
cluster, clear the others. */
h->mref = NULL;
}
/* Point the mref helper to the current helper struct. */
mref->helper = h;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l: Allow changing control handler lock Allow choosing the lock used by the control handler. This may be handy sometimes when a driver providing multiple subdevs does not want to use several locks to serialise its functions. Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-25 08:05:34 +08:00
mutex_unlock(hdl->lock);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
/* Handles the corner case where cs->count == 0. It checks whether the
specified control class exists. If that class ID is 0, then it checks
whether there are any controls at all. */
static int class_check(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 ctrl_class)
{
if (ctrl_class == 0)
return list_empty(&hdl->ctrl_refs) ? -EINVAL : 0;
return find_ref_lock(hdl, ctrl_class | 1) ? 0 : -EINVAL;
}
/* Get extended controls. Allocates the helpers array if needed. */
int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper helper[4];
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers = helper;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
int i, j;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
cs->ctrl_class = V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(cs->ctrl_class);
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
if (cs->count == 0)
return class_check(hdl, cs->ctrl_class);
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper)) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix integer overflow in v4l2_g_ext_ctrls() A large cs->count from userspace may overflow the allocation size, leading to memory corruption. v4l2_g_ext_ctrls() can be reached from subdev_do_ioctl() or __video_do_ioctl(). Use kmalloc_array() to avoid the overflow. Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-06 20:32:36 +08:00
helpers = kmalloc_array(cs->count, sizeof(helper[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (helpers == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: simplify error_idx handling The lower-level prepare functions just set error_idx for each control that might have an error. The high-level functions will override this with cs->count in the get and set cases. Only try will keep the error_idx. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 15:40:04 +08:00
ret = prepare_ext_ctrls(hdl, cs, helpers);
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++)
if (helpers[i].ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY)
ret = -EACCES;
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
int (*ctrl_to_user)(struct v4l2_ext_control *c,
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl) = cur_to_user;
struct v4l2_ctrl *master;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (helpers[i].mref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
master = helpers[i].mref->ctrl;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
/* g_volatile_ctrl will update the new control values */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if ((master->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE) ||
(master->has_volatiles && !is_cur_manual(master))) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
for (j = 0; j < master->ncontrols; j++)
cur_to_new(master->cluster[j]);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: introduce call_op define Add the call_op define to safely call the control ops. This also allows for controls without any ops such as the 'control class' controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-25 17:04:58 +08:00
ret = call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ctrl_to_user = new_to_user;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
}
/* If OK, then copy the current (for non-volatile controls)
or the new (for volatile controls) control values to the
caller */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ret) {
u32 idx = i;
do {
ret = ctrl_to_user(cs->controls + idx,
helpers[idx].ctrl);
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
}
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper))
kfree(helpers);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_g_ext_ctrls);
int v4l2_subdev_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
return v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(sd->ctrl_handler, cs);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_g_ext_ctrls);
/* Helper function to get a single control */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
static int get_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, struct v4l2_ext_control *c)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int ret = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
int i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
/* String controls are not supported. The new_to_user() and
* cur_to_user() calls below would need to be modified not to access
* userspace memory when called from get_ctrl().
*/
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING)
return -EINVAL;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
/* g_volatile_ctrl will update the current control values */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: introduce call_op define Add the call_op define to safely call the control ops. This also allows for controls without any ops such as the 'control class' controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-05-25 17:04:58 +08:00
ret = call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
new_to_user(c, ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
} else {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
cur_to_user(c, ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix and improve volatile control handling If you have a cluster of controls that is a mix of volatile and non-volatile controls, then requesting the value of the volatile control would fail if the master control of that cluster was non-volatile. The code assumed that the volatile state of the master control was the same for all other controls in the cluster. This is now fixed. In addition, it was clear from bugs in some drivers that it was confusing that the ctrl->cur union had to be used in g_volatile_ctrl. Several drivers used the 'new' values instead. The framework was changed so that drivers now set the new value instead of the current value. This has an additional benefit as well: the volatile values are now only stored in the 'new' value, leaving the current value alone. This is useful for autofoo/foo control clusters where you want to have a 'foo' control act like a volatile control if 'autofoo' is on, but as a normal control when it is off. Since with this change the cur value is no longer overwritten when g_volatile_ctrl is called, you can use it to remember the original 'foo' value. For example: autofoo = 0, foo = 10 and foo is non-volatile. Now autofoo is set to 1 and foo is marked volatile. Retrieving the foo value will get the volatile value. Set autofoo back to 0, which marks foo as non- volatile again, and retrieving foo will get the old current value of 10. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:43:34 +08:00
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
return ret;
}
int v4l2_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_control *control)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, control->id);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL || !type_is_int(ctrl))
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
ret = get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
control->value = c.value;
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_g_ctrl);
int v4l2_subdev_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *control)
{
return v4l2_g_ctrl(sd->ctrl_handler, control);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_g_ctrl);
s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(!type_is_int(ctrl));
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c.value = 0;
get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
return c.value;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
s64 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
{
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64);
c.value = 0;
get_ctrl(ctrl, &c);
return c.value;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Core function that calls try/s_ctrl and ensures that the new value is
copied to the current value on a set.
Must be called with ctrl->handler->lock held. */
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
static int try_or_set_cluster(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *master,
bool set, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
bool update_flag;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int i;
/* Go through the cluster and either validate the new value or
(if no new value was set), copy the current value to the new
value, ensuring a consistent view for the control ops when
called. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++) {
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = master->cluster[i];
if (ctrl == NULL)
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ctrl->is_new) {
cur_to_new(ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* Check again: it may have changed since the
previous check in try_or_set_ext_ctrls(). */
if (set && (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED))
return -EBUSY;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ret = call_op(master, try_ctrl);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Don't set if there is no change */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
if (ret || !set || !cluster_changed(master))
return ret;
ret = call_op(master, s_ctrl);
if (ret)
return ret;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
/* If OK, then make the new values permanent. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
update_flag = is_cur_manual(master) != is_new_manual(master);
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
new_to_cur(fh, master->cluster[i], ch_flags |
((update_flag && i > 0) ? V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS : 0));
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster to simplify autogain/gain scenarios It is a bit tricky to handle autogain/gain type scenerios correctly. Such controls need to be clustered and the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE should be set on the autofoo controls. In addition, the manual controls should be marked inactive when the automatic mode is on, and active when the manual mode is on. This also requires specialized volatile handling. The chances of drivers doing all these things correctly are pretty remote. So a new v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster function was added that takes care of these issues. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-10 16:44:36 +08:00
return 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
/* Validate controls. */
static int validate_ctrls(struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers, bool set)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
unsigned i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
int ret = 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < cs->count; i++) {
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = helpers[i].ctrl;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
/* This test is also done in try_set_control_cluster() which
is called in atomic context, so that has the final say,
but it makes sense to do an up-front check as well. Once
an error occurs in try_set_control_cluster() some other
controls may have been set already and we want to do a
best-effort to avoid that. */
if (set && (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED))
return -EBUSY;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
ret = validate_new(ctrl, &cs->controls[i]);
if (ret)
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
return 0;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* Obtain the current volatile values of an autocluster and mark them
as new. */
static void update_from_auto_cluster(struct v4l2_ctrl *master)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
cur_to_new(master->cluster[i]);
if (!call_op(master, g_volatile_ctrl))
for (i = 1; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
if (master->cluster[i])
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 1;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
/* Try or try-and-set controls */
static int try_set_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs,
bool set)
{
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper helper[4];
struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helpers = helper;
unsigned i, j;
int ret;
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
cs->ctrl_class = V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(cs->ctrl_class);
if (hdl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
if (cs->count == 0)
return class_check(hdl, cs->ctrl_class);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper)) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: fix integer overflow in try_set_ext_ctrls() A large cs->count from userspace may overflow the allocation size, leading to memory corruption. try_set_ext_ctrls() can be reached from subdev_do_ioctl() or __video_do_ioctl(). Use kmalloc_array() to avoid the overflow. Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-06 20:32:37 +08:00
helpers = kmalloc_array(cs->count, sizeof(helper[0]),
GFP_KERNEL);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
if (!helpers)
return -ENOMEM;
}
ret = prepare_ext_ctrls(hdl, cs, helpers);
if (!ret)
ret = validate_ctrls(cs, helpers, set);
if (ret && set)
cs->error_idx = cs->count;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; !ret && i < cs->count; i++) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *master;
u32 idx = i;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (helpers[i].mref == NULL)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
continue;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: simplify error_idx handling The lower-level prepare functions just set error_idx for each control that might have an error. The high-level functions will override this with cs->count in the get and set cases. Only try will keep the error_idx. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 15:40:04 +08:00
cs->error_idx = i;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
master = helpers[i].mref->ctrl;
v4l2_ctrl_lock(master);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
/* Reset the 'is_new' flags of the cluster */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (j = 0; j < master->ncontrols; j++)
if (master->cluster[j])
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
master->cluster[j]->is_new = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* For volatile autoclusters that are currently in auto mode
we need to discover if it will be set to manual mode.
If so, then we have to copy the current volatile values
first since those will become the new manual values (which
may be overwritten by explicit new values from this set
of controls). */
if (master->is_auto && master->has_volatiles &&
!is_cur_manual(master)) {
/* Pick an initial non-manual value */
s32 new_auto_val = master->manual_mode_value + 1;
u32 tmp_idx = idx;
do {
/* Check if the auto control is part of the
list, and remember the new value. */
if (helpers[tmp_idx].ctrl == master)
new_auto_val = cs->controls[tmp_idx].value;
tmp_idx = helpers[tmp_idx].next;
} while (tmp_idx);
/* If the new value == the manual value, then copy
the current volatile values. */
if (new_auto_val == master->manual_mode_value)
update_from_auto_cluster(master);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Copy the new caller-supplied control values.
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
user_to_new() sets 'is_new' to 1. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
do {
ret = user_to_new(cs->controls + idx, helpers[idx].ctrl);
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (!ret)
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
ret = try_or_set_cluster(fh, master, set, 0);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* Copy the new values back to userspace. */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
if (!ret) {
idx = i;
do {
[media] v4l2-ctrls.c: copy-and-paste error: user_to_new -> new_to_user The new values were never copied to userspace due to this copy and paste error. This was introduced during the rewrite of this part of the code in commit 3219f8a362640b7e4b7e2187b1094c4e46d85aa0. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-07-05 17:56:37 +08:00
ret = new_to_user(cs->controls + idx,
[media] v4l2-ctrls: split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() Split try_or_set_ext_ctrls() into a validate_ctrls() part ('Phase 1') and merge the second part ('Phase 2') into try_set_ext_ctrls(). This makes a lot more sense and it also does the validation before trying to try/set the controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:56:42 +08:00
helpers[idx].ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: improve discovery of controls of the same cluster The implementation of VIDIOC_G/S/TRY_EXT_CTRLS in the control framework has to figure out which controls in the control list belong to the same cluster. Since controls belonging to the same cluster need to be handled as a unit, this is important information. It did that by going over the controls in the list and for each control that belonged to a multi-control cluster it would walk the remainder of the list to try and find controls that belong to that same cluster. This approach has two disadvantages: 1) it was a potentially quadratic algorithm (although highly unlikely that it would ever be that bad in practice). 2) it took place with the control handler's lock held. Since we want to make it possible in the future to change control values from interrupt context, doing a lot of work while holding a lock is not a good idea. In the new code the algorithm is no longer quadratic but linear in the number of controls in the list. Also, it now can be done beforehand. Another change that was made was to so the try and set at the same time. Before when S_TRY_EXT_CTRLS was called it would 'try' the controls first, and then it would 'set' them. The idea was that any 'try' errors would prevent the 'set' from happening, thus avoiding having partially set control lists. However, this caused more problems than it solved because between the 'try' and the 'set' changes might have happened, so it had to try a second time, and since actual controls with a try_ctrl op are very rare (and those that we have just adjust values and do not return an error), I've decided to drop that two-stage approach and just combine try and set. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 21:04:06 +08:00
idx = helpers[idx].next;
} while (!ret && idx);
}
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(master);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
if (cs->count > ARRAY_SIZE(helper))
kfree(helpers);
return ret;
}
int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
return try_set_ext_ctrls(NULL, hdl, cs, false);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_try_ext_ctrls);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
int v4l2_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
return try_set_ext_ctrls(fh, hdl, cs, true);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_s_ext_ctrls);
int v4l2_subdev_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
return try_set_ext_ctrls(NULL, sd->ctrl_handler, cs, false);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_try_ext_ctrls);
int v4l2_subdev_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_ext_controls *cs)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
return try_set_ext_ctrls(NULL, sd->ctrl_handler, cs, true);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_s_ext_ctrls);
/* Helper function for VIDIOC_S_CTRL compatibility */
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
static int set_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control *c, u32 ch_flags)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *master = ctrl->cluster[0];
int i;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
/* String controls are not supported. The user_to_new() and
* cur_to_user() calls below would need to be modified not to access
* userspace memory when called from set_ctrl().
*/
if (ctrl->type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
/* Reset the 'is_new' flags of the cluster */
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
for (i = 0; i < master->ncontrols; i++)
if (master->cluster[i])
[media] v4l2-ctrls: v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup must set is_new to 1 Renamed has_new to is_new. Drivers can use the is_new field to determine if a new value was specified for a control. The v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() must always set this to 1 since the setup has to force a full update of all controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-01-12 01:45:03 +08:00
master->cluster[i]->is_new = 0;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
/* For autoclusters with volatiles that are switched from auto to
manual mode we have to update the current volatile values since
those will become the initial manual values after such a switch. */
if (master->is_auto && master->has_volatiles && ctrl == master &&
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
!is_cur_manual(master) && c->value == master->manual_mode_value)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: implement new volatile autocluster scheme The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain, autoexposure and exposure, etc. If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile. gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing). The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values. For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5? After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above). The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture, which is jarring for the user. Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that store and restore the control values at application exit and start. If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't. So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual controls before switching to manual mode. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-08-26 18:53:53 +08:00
update_from_auto_cluster(master);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
user_to_new(c, ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
return try_or_set_cluster(fh, master, true, ch_flags);
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
/* Helper function for VIDIOC_S_CTRL compatibility */
static int set_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
struct v4l2_ext_control *c)
{
int ret = validate_new(ctrl, c);
if (!ret) {
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
ret = set_ctrl(fh, ctrl, c, 0);
if (!ret)
cur_to_user(c, ctrl);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
}
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
return ret;
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
int v4l2_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
struct v4l2_control *control)
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
{
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(hdl, control->id);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
int ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
if (ctrl == NULL || !type_is_int(ctrl))
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: drivers should be able to ignore the READ_ONLY flag When applications try to set READ_ONLY controls an error should be returned. However, when drivers do that it should be accepted. Those controls could reflect some driver status which the application can't change but the driver obviously has to be able to change it. This is needed among others for future HDMI status controls. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 15:50:31 +08:00
if (ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_READ_ONLY)
return -EACCES;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c.value = control->value;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
ret = set_ctrl_lock(fh, ctrl, &c);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
control->value = c.value;
return ret;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_s_ctrl);
int v4l2_subdev_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_control *control)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add v4l2_fh pointer to the set control functions When an application changes a control you want to generate an event. However, you want to avoid sending such an event back to the application (file handle) that caused the change. Add the filehandle to the various set control functions. The filehandle isn't used yet, but the control event patches will need this. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 17:47:18 +08:00
return v4l2_s_ctrl(NULL, sd->ctrl_handler, control);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_subdev_s_ctrl);
int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val)
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(!type_is_int(ctrl));
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
c.value = val;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
return set_ctrl_lock(NULL, ctrl, &c);
V4L/DVB: v4l2: Add new control handling framework Add a new framework to handle controls which makes life for driver developers much easier. Note that this patch moves some of the control support that used to be in v4l2-common.c to v4l2-ctrls.c. The tables were copied unchanged. The body of v4l2_ctrl_query_fill() was copied to a new v4l2_ctrl_fill() function in v4l2-ctrls.c. This new function doesn't use the v4l2_queryctrl struct anymore, which makes it more general. The remainder of v4l2-ctrls.c is all new. Highlights include: - No need to implement VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, QUERYMENU, S_CTRL, G_CTRL, S_EXT_CTRLS, G_EXT_CTRLS or TRY_EXT_CTRLS in either bridge drivers or subdevs. New wrapper functions are provided that can just be plugged in. Once everything has been converted these wrapper functions can be removed as well. - When subdevices are added their controls can be automatically merged with the bridge driver's controls. - Most drivers just need to implement s_ctrl to set the controls. The framework handles the locking and tries to be as 'atomic' as possible. - Ready for the subdev device nodes: the same mechanism applies to subdevs and their device nodes as well. Sub-device drivers can make controls local, preventing them from being merged with bridge drivers. - Takes care of backwards compatibility handling of VIDIOC_S_CTRL and VIDIOC_G_CTRL. Handling of V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE is fully transparent. CTRL_CLASS controls are automatically added. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl> Reviewed-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2010-08-02 01:32:42 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val)
{
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
/* It's a driver bug if this happens. */
WARN_ON(ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64);
c.value64 = val;
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
return set_ctrl_lock(NULL, ctrl, &c);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Add v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl_int64() These helper functions get and set a 64-bit control's value from within a driver. They are similar to v4l2_ctrl_[gs]_ctrl() but operate on 64-bit integer controls instead of 32-bit controls. Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-07-23 20:15:21 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add a notify callback Sometimes platform/bridge drivers need to be notified when a control from a sub-device changes value. In order to support this a notify callback was added. [dheitmueller@kernellabs.com: fix merge conflict in v4l2-ctrls.c] Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Devin Heitmueller <dheitmueller@kernellabs.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-07 15:46:39 +08:00
void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify, void *priv)
{
if (ctrl == NULL)
return;
if (notify == NULL) {
ctrl->call_notify = 0;
return;
}
if (WARN_ON(ctrl->handler->notify && ctrl->handler->notify != notify))
return;
ctrl->handler->notify = notify;
ctrl->handler->notify_priv = priv;
ctrl->call_notify = 1;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_notify);
[media] v4l2-ctrl: Add helper function for the controls range update This patch adds a helper function that allows to modify range, i.e. minimum, maximum, step and default value of a v4l2 control, after the control has been created and initialized. This is helpful in situations when range of a control depends on user configurable parameters, e.g. camera sensor absolute exposure time depending on an output image resolution and frame rate. v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() function allows to modify range of an INTEGER, BOOL, MENU, INTEGER_MENU and BITMASK type controls. Based on a patch from Hans Verkuil http://patchwork.linuxtv.org/patch/8654. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-20 02:51:55 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
s32 min, s32 max, u32 step, s32 def)
{
int ret = check_range(ctrl->type, min, max, step, def);
struct v4l2_ext_control c;
switch (ctrl->type) {
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU:
case V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK:
if (ret)
return ret;
break;
default:
return -EINVAL;
}
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
ctrl->minimum = min;
ctrl->maximum = max;
ctrl->step = step;
ctrl->default_value = def;
c.value = ctrl->cur.val;
if (validate_new(ctrl, &c))
c.value = def;
if (c.value != ctrl->cur.val)
ret = set_ctrl(NULL, ctrl, &c, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE);
else
send_event(NULL, ctrl, V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE);
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_modify_range);
[media] v4l2-event: fix regression with initial event handling If the V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL was set, then the application expects to receive an initial event of the initial value of the control. However, commit c53c2549333b340e2662dc64ec81323476b69a97 that added the new v4l2_subscribed_event_ops introduced a regression: while the code still queued that initial event the __v4l2_event_queue_fh() function was modified to ignore such requests if sev->elems was 0 (meaning that the event subscription wasn't finished yet). And sev->elems was only set to a non-zero value after the add operation returned. This patch fixes this by passing the elems value to the add function. Then the add function can set it before queuing the initial event. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-08 03:53:20 +08:00
static int v4l2_ctrl_add_event(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned elems)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(sev->fh->ctrl_handler, sev->id);
if (ctrl == NULL)
return -EINVAL;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
list_add_tail(&sev->node, &ctrl->ev_subs);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
if (ctrl->type != V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_CTRL_CLASS &&
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
(sev->flags & V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL)) {
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
struct v4l2_event ev;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: don't initially set CH_VALUE for write-only controls When sending the SEND_INITIAL event for write-only controls the V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE flag should not be set. It's meaningless. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 13:42:45 +08:00
u32 changes = V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
[media] v4l2-ctrls: don't initially set CH_VALUE for write-only controls When sending the SEND_INITIAL event for write-only controls the V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE flag should not be set. It's meaningless. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 13:42:45 +08:00
if (!(ctrl->flags & V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_WRITE_ONLY))
changes |= V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE;
fill_event(&ev, ctrl, changes);
[media] v4l2-event: fix regression with initial event handling If the V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_SEND_INITIAL was set, then the application expects to receive an initial event of the initial value of the control. However, commit c53c2549333b340e2662dc64ec81323476b69a97 that added the new v4l2_subscribed_event_ops introduced a regression: while the code still queued that initial event the __v4l2_event_queue_fh() function was modified to ignore such requests if sev->elems was 0 (meaning that the event subscription wasn't finished yet). And sev->elems was only set to a non-zero value after the add operation returned. This patch fixes this by passing the elems value to the add function. Then the add function can set it before queuing the initial event. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-05-08 03:53:20 +08:00
/* Mark the queue as active, allowing this initial
event to be accepted. */
sev->elems = elems;
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
v4l2_event_queue_fh(sev->fh, &ev);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
}
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
return 0;
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
static void v4l2_ctrl_del_event(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
{
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl = v4l2_ctrl_find(sev->fh->ctrl_handler, sev->id);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
[media] v4l2-ctrls/event: remove struct v4l2_ctrl_fh, instead use v4l2_subscribed_event The v4l2_ctrl_fh struct connected v4l2_ctrl with v4l2_fh so the control would know which filehandles subscribed to it. However, it is much easier to use struct v4l2_subscribed_event directly for that and get rid of that intermediate struct. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-14 05:55:58 +08:00
list_del(&sev->node);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add control events Whenever a control changes value or state an event is sent to anyone that subscribed to it. This functionality is useful for control panels but also for applications that need to wait for (usually status) controls to change value. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2011-06-07 22:13:44 +08:00
v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
}
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
void v4l2_ctrl_replace(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new)
{
u32 old_changes = old->u.ctrl.changes;
old->u.ctrl = new->u.ctrl;
old->u.ctrl.changes |= old_changes;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_replace);
void v4l2_ctrl_merge(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new)
{
new->u.ctrl.changes |= old->u.ctrl.changes;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_merge);
const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops = {
.add = v4l2_ctrl_add_event,
.del = v4l2_ctrl_del_event,
.replace = v4l2_ctrl_replace,
.merge = v4l2_ctrl_merge,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops);
[media] v4l2: standardize log start/end message For drivers that properly use the v4l2 framework (i.e. set v4l2_dev in the video_device struct), the start and end messages of VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS are now generated automatically. People tended to forget these, but the v4l2-ctl tool scans for these messages, and it also makes it easier to read the status output in the kernel log. The cx18, ivtv and bttv drivers were changed since they no longer need to log these start/end messages. In saa7164 two empty log_status functions were removed. Also added a helper function to v4l2-ctrl.c that can be used as the vidioc_log_status callback if all you need to do is to log the current control values. This is now used by pwc and vivi. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Cc: Steven Toth <stoth@kernellabs.com> Cc: Andy Walls <awalls@md.metrocast.net> Cc: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-02-02 19:20:53 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *fh)
{
struct video_device *vfd = video_devdata(file);
struct v4l2_fh *vfh = file->private_data;
if (test_bit(V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH, &vfd->flags) && vfd->v4l2_dev)
v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(vfh->ctrl_handler,
vfd->v4l2_dev->name);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_log_status);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add helper functions for control events Many drivers just support control events, and most radio drivers just need to poll for control events. Add some functions to simplify those jobs. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-28 03:18:42 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
[media] v4l2: make vidioc_(un)subscribe_event const Write-only ioctls should have a const argument in the ioctl op. Do this conversion for vidioc_(un)subscribe_event. Adding const for write-only ioctls was decided during the 2012 Media Workshop. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-09-04 22:46:09 +08:00
const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add helper functions for control events Many drivers just support control events, and most radio drivers just need to poll for control events. Add some functions to simplify those jobs. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-28 03:18:42 +08:00
{
if (sub->type == V4L2_EVENT_CTRL)
[media] v4l2-ctrls: Use v4l2_subscribed_event_ops Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> [hans.verkuil@cisco.com: Fix a locking bug] Acked-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-04-08 23:59:47 +08:00
return v4l2_event_subscribe(fh, sub, 0, &v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add helper functions for control events Many drivers just support control events, and most radio drivers just need to poll for control events. Add some functions to simplify those jobs. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-28 03:18:42 +08:00
return -EINVAL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event);
[media] V4L: Add v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event() helper function Add a v4l2 core helper function that can be used as the subdev .subscribe_event handler. This allows to eliminate some boilerplate from drivers that are only handling the control events. Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2013-01-23 06:00:23 +08:00
int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub)
{
if (!sd->ctrl_handler)
return -EINVAL;
return v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(fh, sub);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event);
[media] v4l2-ctrls: add helper functions for control events Many drivers just support control events, and most radio drivers just need to poll for control events. Add some functions to simplify those jobs. Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
2012-01-28 03:18:42 +08:00
unsigned int v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait)
{
struct v4l2_fh *fh = file->private_data;
if (v4l2_event_pending(fh))
return POLLPRI;
poll_wait(file, &fh->wait, wait);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(v4l2_ctrl_poll);
Copy Permalink